1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
40 typedef enum split16_format_type
47 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
55 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
56 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
57 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
58 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
61 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
63 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
65 /* For old-style PLT. */
66 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
67 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
69 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
70 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
71 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
74 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
75 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
76 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
77 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
79 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
81 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
82 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
83 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
84 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
86 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
87 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
88 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
89 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
90 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
91 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
95 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
96 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
98 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
99 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
100 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
101 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
102 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
103 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
104 0x60000000, /* nop */
105 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
109 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
110 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
111 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
113 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
114 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
115 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
116 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
117 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
118 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
119 0x60000000, /* nop */
120 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
123 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
125 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
126 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
127 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
128 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
129 0x60000000, /* nop */
130 0x60000000, /* nop */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
136 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
138 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
139 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
140 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
146 /* Some instructions. */
147 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
148 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
149 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
150 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
151 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
152 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
153 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
155 #define BA 0x48000002
156 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
157 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
158 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
159 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
160 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
161 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
162 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
163 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
164 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
165 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
166 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
167 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
168 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
169 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
170 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
171 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
172 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
173 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
174 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
175 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
176 #define NOP 0x60000000
177 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
179 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
180 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
181 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
183 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
184 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
185 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
186 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
187 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
189 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
190 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
191 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
192 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
193 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
194 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
195 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
196 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
197 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
198 complain, special_func) \
199 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
200 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
201 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
203 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
205 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
206 /* This reloc does nothing. */
207 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
208 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
210 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
211 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
212 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
214 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
215 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
216 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
217 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
219 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
220 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
221 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
223 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
224 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
225 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
227 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
228 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
229 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
231 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
232 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
233 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
234 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
236 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
237 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
238 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
239 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
241 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
242 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
243 bits must be zero. */
244 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
245 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
247 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
248 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
249 two bits must be zero. */
250 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
251 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
253 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
254 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
255 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
257 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
258 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
259 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
261 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
262 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
264 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
265 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
267 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
268 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
270 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
271 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
273 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
275 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
276 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
278 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
280 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
281 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
283 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
285 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
286 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
288 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
290 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
291 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
293 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
294 entry for the symbol. */
295 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
296 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
298 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
299 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
300 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
301 shared library into the object, because the object being
302 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
303 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
304 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
306 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
308 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
309 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
311 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
312 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
313 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
315 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
316 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
318 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
319 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
321 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
322 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
323 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
324 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
328 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
332 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* 32-bit PC relative */
336 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
337 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
339 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
340 FIXME: not supported. */
341 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
342 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
344 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
345 FIXME: not supported. */
346 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
347 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
349 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
351 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
352 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
354 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
356 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
357 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
359 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
361 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
362 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
364 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
366 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
367 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
369 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
370 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
371 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
373 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
374 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
375 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
377 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
378 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
379 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
381 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
382 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
383 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
385 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
386 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
387 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
396 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
397 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
403 definition of its TLS sym. */
404 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
405 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
407 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
408 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
409 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
410 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
411 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
413 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
414 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
415 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
417 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
418 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
419 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
421 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
422 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
423 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
425 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
426 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
427 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
429 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
430 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
431 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
432 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
434 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
435 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
436 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
438 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
439 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
440 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
442 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
443 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
444 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
447 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
448 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
450 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
451 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
452 to the first entry. */
453 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
457 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
458 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
460 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
461 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
462 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
464 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
465 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
466 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
468 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
469 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
471 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
472 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
474 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
475 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
476 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
478 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
479 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
480 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
482 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
483 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
484 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
486 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
487 the offset to the entry. */
488 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
489 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
491 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
492 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
493 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
495 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
496 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
497 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
499 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
500 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
501 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
503 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
504 offset to the entry. */
505 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
506 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
508 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
509 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
510 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
512 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
513 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
514 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
516 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
517 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
518 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
520 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
521 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
523 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
524 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
525 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
527 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
528 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
529 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
531 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
532 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
533 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
535 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
536 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
537 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
539 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
540 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
542 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
543 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
545 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
546 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
547 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
548 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
549 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
551 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
552 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
553 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
554 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
555 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
557 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
559 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
560 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
563 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
564 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
565 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
566 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
568 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
569 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
575 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
576 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
577 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
578 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
579 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
581 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
582 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE
, signed,
583 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
585 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
586 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
587 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
589 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
590 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
591 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
593 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
594 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
595 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
597 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
598 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
599 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
601 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
602 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
603 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
605 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
606 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
607 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
609 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
610 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
611 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
613 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
614 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
615 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
617 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
618 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
619 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
620 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
621 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
623 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
624 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
625 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
627 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
628 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
629 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
631 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
632 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
635 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
636 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
637 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
639 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
640 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
641 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
643 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
644 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
645 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
647 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
648 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
649 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
651 /* e_li split20 format. */
652 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
653 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
655 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
659 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
660 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
662 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
664 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
666 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
667 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
668 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
670 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
671 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
672 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
673 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
675 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
676 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
677 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
679 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
680 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
681 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
683 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
684 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
687 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
688 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
691 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
692 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
693 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
696 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
699 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
701 unsigned int i
, type
;
704 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
707 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
708 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
709 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
711 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
715 static reloc_howto_type
*
716 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
717 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
719 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
721 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
722 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
723 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
730 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
731 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
732 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
734 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
736 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
747 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
749 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
760 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
765 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
767 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
772 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
835 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
853 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
854 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
862 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
865 static reloc_howto_type
*
866 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
872 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
874 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
875 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
876 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
881 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
884 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
886 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
890 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
891 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
892 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
894 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
895 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
897 /* xgettext:c-format */
898 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
900 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
904 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
906 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
907 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
908 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
910 /* xgettext:c-format */
911 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
921 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
923 static bfd_reloc_status_type
924 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
925 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
928 asection
*input_section
,
930 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
932 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
934 bfd_size_type octets
;
937 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
939 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
943 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
944 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
945 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
946 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
949 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
950 value
= symbol
->value
;
951 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
952 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
953 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
954 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
955 + input_section
->output_offset
956 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
959 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
960 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
962 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
963 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
967 static bfd_reloc_status_type
968 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
969 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
972 asection
*input_section
,
974 char **error_message
)
976 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
977 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
979 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
980 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
981 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
983 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
986 sprintf (buf
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
987 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
988 *error_message
= buf
;
990 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
993 /* Sections created by the linker. */
995 typedef struct elf_linker_section
997 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1001 /* Associated bss section name. */
1002 const char *bss_name
;
1003 /* Associated symbol name. */
1004 const char *sym_name
;
1005 /* Associated symbol. */
1006 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1007 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1009 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1010 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1011 based on different addend's. */
1013 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1015 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1016 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1017 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1021 /* which linker section this is */
1022 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1023 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1025 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1027 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1029 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1030 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1031 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1033 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1034 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1035 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1038 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1039 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1041 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1042 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1044 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1045 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1046 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1048 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1051 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1053 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1057 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1060 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1062 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1064 unsigned char *contents
;
1066 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1067 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1070 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1071 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1074 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1079 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1082 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1084 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1087 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1089 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1092 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1093 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1095 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1098 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1099 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1100 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1101 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1104 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1105 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1106 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1107 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1108 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1111 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1112 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1123 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1125 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1127 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1128 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1130 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1137 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1138 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1141 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1143 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1146 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1148 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1150 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1152 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1153 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1154 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1157 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1160 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1163 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1165 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1166 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1168 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1169 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
1173 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1176 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1181 switch (note
->descsz
)
1186 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1188 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1200 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1201 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1202 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1206 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1208 switch (note
->descsz
)
1213 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1214 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1215 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1216 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1217 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1218 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1219 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1222 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1223 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1224 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1227 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1228 int n
= strlen (command
);
1230 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1231 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1238 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1247 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1250 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1251 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1252 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1253 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1255 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1256 -Wstringop-truncation:
1257 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1259 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1261 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1262 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1266 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1267 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1278 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1279 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1280 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1281 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1282 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1283 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1284 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1285 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1286 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1288 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1289 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1295 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1298 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1304 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1305 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1308 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1309 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 return rel
->address
;
1315 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1316 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1320 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1321 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1328 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1331 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1332 flags
= bfd_section_flags (newsect
);
1333 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1334 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1336 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1337 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1339 bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
);
1343 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1346 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1347 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1350 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1351 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1356 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1357 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1360 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1361 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1366 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1367 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1370 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1371 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1377 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1380 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1381 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1383 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1385 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1386 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1387 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1388 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1389 We maintain the original output section order. */
1391 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1393 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1396 unsigned int p_flags
;
1398 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1401 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1403 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1405 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1408 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1409 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1414 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1416 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1418 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1420 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1423 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1424 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1425 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1428 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1430 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1431 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1432 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1433 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1434 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1436 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1437 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1442 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1443 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1444 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1446 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1447 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1448 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1452 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1453 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1454 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1455 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1457 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1465 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1466 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1467 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1470 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1472 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1473 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1474 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1475 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1476 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1477 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1478 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1479 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1480 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1481 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1484 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1485 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1488 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1489 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1491 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1493 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1494 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1497 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1501 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1502 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1506 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1509 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1510 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1512 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1513 unsigned long value
;
1517 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1518 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set
;
1521 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1524 apuinfo_set
= FALSE
;
1528 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1530 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1532 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1534 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1536 entry
= entry
->next
;
1539 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1543 entry
->value
= value
;
1549 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1551 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1552 unsigned long count
;
1554 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1556 entry
= entry
->next
)
1562 static inline unsigned long
1563 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1565 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1569 entry
= entry
->next
)
1572 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1576 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1578 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1580 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1582 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1590 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1591 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1594 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1598 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1599 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1601 unsigned long length
;
1602 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1604 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1607 apuinfo_list_init ();
1609 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1610 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1612 unsigned long datum
;
1614 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1618 /* xgettext:c-format */
1619 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1620 length
= asec
->size
;
1625 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1629 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1630 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1635 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1636 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1638 /* xgettext:c-format */
1639 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1643 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1644 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1645 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1646 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1647 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1650 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1654 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1657 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1658 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1659 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1662 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1663 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1664 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1667 error_message
= NULL
;
1671 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1672 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1674 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1675 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1677 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1680 /* xgettext:c-format */
1681 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1690 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1693 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1694 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1697 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1698 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1700 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1702 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1705 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1708 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1713 unsigned num_entries
;
1714 bfd_size_type length
;
1716 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1723 length
= asec
->size
;
1727 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1731 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1735 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1736 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1737 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1738 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1739 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1740 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1743 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1749 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1750 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1752 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1753 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1757 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1761 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1763 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1764 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1768 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1770 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1772 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1775 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1776 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1777 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1778 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1782 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1784 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1785 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1786 && section
->vma
<= vma
1787 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1791 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1792 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1795 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
1796 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1797 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1798 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1802 long count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1809 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1812 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1815 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1819 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1823 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1824 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1825 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1826 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1828 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1829 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1830 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1831 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1833 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1835 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1837 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1840 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1841 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1844 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1845 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1847 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1848 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1850 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1853 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1855 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1856 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1858 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1859 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1860 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1867 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1870 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1871 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1877 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1878 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1879 glink stubs now reside. */
1880 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1884 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1885 from the first glink stub. */
1886 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1887 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1889 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1891 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1893 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1894 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1896 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1897 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1899 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1900 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1902 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1904 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1909 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1910 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1911 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1912 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1913 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1914 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1915 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1916 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1917 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1918 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1920 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1923 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1924 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
1927 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1928 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1929 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1931 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1933 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1936 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1939 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1941 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1945 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1946 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1947 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1948 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1952 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1953 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1955 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1956 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1957 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1958 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1959 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1960 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1962 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1965 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1966 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1970 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1971 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1972 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1973 names
+= strlen (names
);
1975 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1976 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1981 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1982 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1984 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1986 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1988 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1989 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
1995 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
1996 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1998 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2000 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2002 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2003 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2011 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2012 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2013 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2014 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2015 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2018 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2019 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2022 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2024 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2025 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2026 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2027 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2028 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2031 /* The .got2 section. */
2034 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2037 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2041 /* .glink stub offset. */
2042 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2045 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2046 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2047 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2050 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2051 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2056 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2057 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2058 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2059 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2064 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2065 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2071 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2072 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2073 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2074 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2075 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2076 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2080 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2081 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2082 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2084 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2086 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2087 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2089 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2091 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2094 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2095 unsigned int count
: 31;
2097 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2098 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2101 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2103 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2105 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2107 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2108 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2109 from the beginning of the section. */
2110 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2112 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2113 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*dyn_relocs
;
2115 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2116 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2117 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2118 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2119 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2120 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2121 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2122 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2123 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2124 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2125 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2126 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2127 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2128 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2129 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2130 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2132 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2133 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2134 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2135 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2136 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2138 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2140 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2142 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2143 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2144 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2147 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2149 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2151 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2153 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2155 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2156 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2158 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2162 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2164 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2166 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2168 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2171 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2172 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2174 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2177 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2179 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2183 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2184 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2186 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2187 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2188 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2189 unsigned int got_gap
;
2191 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2192 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2194 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2195 unsigned int is_vxworks
:1;
2197 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2198 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2199 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2200 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2202 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2203 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2205 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2206 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2208 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2210 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2212 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2213 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2215 /* Small local sym cache. */
2216 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
2219 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2220 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2222 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2223 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2225 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr. */
2226 #define has_tls_get_addr_call sec_flg1
2228 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2229 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2231 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2233 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2234 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2235 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2237 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2239 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2240 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2241 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2244 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2248 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2249 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2254 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2255 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2258 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2259 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2260 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2261 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2267 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2269 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2270 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2272 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2273 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2274 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2276 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2280 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2281 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2282 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2289 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2290 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2291 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2292 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2294 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2296 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2297 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2298 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2300 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2301 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2302 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2304 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2305 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2306 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2308 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2311 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2314 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2316 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2319 htab
->params
= params
;
2320 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2323 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2326 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2328 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2330 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2333 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2334 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
2336 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2338 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2339 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2340 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2347 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2348 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2349 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2352 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2353 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2355 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2359 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2360 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2362 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2367 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2368 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2370 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2371 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2373 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2378 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2380 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2385 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2386 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2387 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2389 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2390 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2391 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2393 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2396 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2398 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2399 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2400 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2401 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2403 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2407 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2408 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2411 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2414 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2415 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2416 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2417 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2419 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2422 /* Local plt entries. */
2423 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2424 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2425 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2427 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2428 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2431 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2433 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2434 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2436 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2437 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2438 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2442 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2453 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2454 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2455 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2458 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2460 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2464 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2466 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2467 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2470 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2473 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2474 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2477 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2478 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2483 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2485 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2486 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2487 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2490 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2494 if (htab
->is_vxworks
2495 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2499 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2500 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2501 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2502 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2503 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2506 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2509 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2510 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2511 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2513 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2515 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2516 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2518 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2519 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2521 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2522 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2523 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2524 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2525 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2526 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2527 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2529 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2530 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2533 if (eind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2535 if (edir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2537 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2538 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2540 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2541 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2542 for (pp
= &eind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2544 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2546 for (q
= edir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2547 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2549 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2550 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2557 *pp
= edir
->dyn_relocs
;
2560 edir
->dyn_relocs
= eind
->dyn_relocs
;
2561 eind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2564 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2565 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2566 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2567 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2569 /* And plt entries. */
2570 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2572 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2574 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2575 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2577 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2579 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2581 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2582 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2584 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2591 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2594 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2595 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2598 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2600 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2601 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2602 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2603 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2604 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2605 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2606 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2610 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2611 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2614 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2615 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2616 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2617 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2618 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2622 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2623 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2624 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2625 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2627 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2629 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2631 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2632 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2634 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2636 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2637 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2639 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2642 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2647 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2653 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2655 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2656 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2657 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2659 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2661 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2662 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2663 return linker_pointers
;
2668 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2671 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2672 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2673 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2676 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2677 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2678 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2681 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2683 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2686 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2688 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2689 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2690 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2695 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2699 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2701 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2702 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2704 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2707 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2710 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2711 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2716 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2719 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2720 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2725 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2728 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2729 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2730 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2731 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2732 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2734 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2737 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2738 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2739 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2740 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2742 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2744 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2745 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2749 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2750 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2751 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2757 static struct plt_entry
**
2758 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2759 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2760 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2763 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2764 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2765 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2767 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2769 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2771 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2772 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2773 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2774 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2775 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2777 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2780 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2781 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2782 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2783 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2784 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2785 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2789 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2790 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2792 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2796 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2797 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2801 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2802 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2807 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2808 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2811 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2815 static struct plt_entry
*
2816 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2818 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2822 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2823 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2829 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2831 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2832 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2833 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2834 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2835 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2836 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2837 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2838 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2839 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2840 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2841 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2844 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2847 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2849 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2850 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2851 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2852 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2856 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2859 /* xgettext:c-format */
2860 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2862 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2863 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2866 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2867 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2871 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2872 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2874 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2876 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2877 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2878 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2879 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2880 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2881 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2882 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2884 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2887 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2888 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2889 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2890 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2891 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2892 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2893 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2897 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2901 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2903 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2904 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2905 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2907 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2908 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2910 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2911 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2912 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2915 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2916 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
2917 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2918 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2919 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2922 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2923 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2925 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2926 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2927 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2929 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2930 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2933 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2934 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2938 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2939 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2940 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2941 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2944 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2945 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2948 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2949 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2951 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2952 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2953 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2955 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2959 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2961 if (h
== NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
2963 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
2968 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2970 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2971 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2972 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2976 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2977 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2979 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2980 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2981 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2982 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2983 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2986 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2987 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2988 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2989 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2990 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2991 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2992 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
2993 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2994 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
3000 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
3001 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
3006 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3007 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3008 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3012 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3013 sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
= 1;
3020 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3021 its parameter symbol. */
3023 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3025 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3026 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3033 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3034 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3035 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3036 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3037 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3041 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3042 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3044 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3047 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3049 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3051 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3052 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3053 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3056 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3059 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3060 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3062 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3065 /* GOT16 relocations */
3067 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3068 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3069 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3070 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3071 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3073 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3074 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3075 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3080 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3081 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3084 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3085 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3088 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3090 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3092 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3097 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3098 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3099 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3100 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3105 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3106 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3110 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3111 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3112 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3114 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3117 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3118 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3123 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3124 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3128 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3129 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3132 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3133 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3134 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3135 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3136 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3140 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3141 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3147 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3148 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3149 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3150 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3151 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3152 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3153 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3154 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3157 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3158 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3160 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3163 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3166 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3167 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3171 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3172 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3173 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3174 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3177 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3178 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3182 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3183 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3184 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3185 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3186 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3188 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3191 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3194 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3198 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3202 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3203 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3204 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3205 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3208 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3210 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3213 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3214 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3220 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3221 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3223 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3226 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3227 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3228 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3229 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3230 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3231 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3232 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3236 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3237 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3238 section relative. */
3240 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3241 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3242 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3243 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3244 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3245 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3246 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3251 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3252 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3253 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3254 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3255 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3258 /* These are just markers. */
3260 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3264 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3265 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3269 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3271 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3272 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3273 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3274 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3277 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3279 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3280 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3281 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3282 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3283 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3286 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3287 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3288 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3290 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3291 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3293 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3296 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3301 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3302 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3303 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3304 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3308 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3309 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3310 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3311 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3315 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3318 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3319 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3320 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3321 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3322 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3326 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3327 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3333 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3334 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3335 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3337 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3338 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3339 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3340 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3341 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3344 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3346 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3351 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3354 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3355 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3358 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3364 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3365 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3366 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3369 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3371 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3372 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3373 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3376 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3378 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3379 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3380 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3381 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3382 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3388 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3389 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3392 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3394 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3396 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3397 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3405 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3406 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3407 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3409 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3410 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3412 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3418 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3419 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3420 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3421 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3422 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3423 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3424 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3425 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3426 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3427 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3428 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3429 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3430 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3431 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3432 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3435 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3436 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3437 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3439 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3440 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3442 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3443 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3444 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3445 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3446 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3448 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3449 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3453 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3454 "create relocation for %s\n",
3455 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3456 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3460 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3461 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3463 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3464 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
3470 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3471 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3474 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3475 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3477 rel_head
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
;
3479 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3481 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3484 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3491 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3496 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3497 We really need local syms available to do this
3499 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3500 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3501 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
3504 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3506 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3511 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3515 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3516 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3517 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3519 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3521 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3523 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3526 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3529 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3543 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3544 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3546 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3548 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3549 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3550 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3551 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
3553 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3554 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3556 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3557 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3559 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3561 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3562 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3563 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3567 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3569 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3570 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3573 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3576 /* xgettext:c-format */
3577 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3581 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3584 /* xgettext:c-format */
3585 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3589 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3592 /* xgettext:c-format */
3593 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3594 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3597 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3600 /* xgettext:c-format */
3601 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3602 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3606 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3607 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3610 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3612 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3613 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3616 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3619 /* xgettext:c-format */
3620 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3621 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3624 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3627 /* xgettext:c-format */
3628 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3629 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3632 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3635 /* xgettext:c-format */
3636 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3637 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3640 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3643 /* xgettext:c-format */
3644 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3645 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3652 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3653 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3658 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3659 there are conflicting attributes. */
3661 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3664 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3665 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3668 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3671 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3672 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3673 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3675 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3676 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3677 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3678 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3680 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3682 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3683 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3684 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3688 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3690 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3691 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3694 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3695 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3696 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3697 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3699 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3701 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3703 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3704 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3707 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3710 /* xgettext:c-format */
3711 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3713 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3716 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3719 /* xgettext:c-format */
3720 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3722 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3727 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3728 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3729 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3730 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3731 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3733 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3734 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3735 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3737 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3739 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3741 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3742 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3745 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3748 /* xgettext:c-format */
3749 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3750 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3751 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3754 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3757 /* xgettext:c-format */
3758 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3759 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3760 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3766 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3770 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3771 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3774 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3775 object file when linking. */
3778 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3780 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3785 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3788 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3789 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3792 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3795 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3796 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3797 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3799 /* First call, no flags set. */
3800 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3801 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3804 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3805 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3808 /* Incompatible flags. */
3811 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3812 to be linked with either. */
3814 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3815 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3819 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3820 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3822 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3823 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3827 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3828 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3831 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3832 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3833 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3835 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3836 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3837 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3838 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3839 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3840 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3842 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3843 any module uses it. */
3844 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3846 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3847 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3849 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3850 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3854 /* xgettext:c-format */
3855 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3856 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3857 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3862 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3871 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3872 asection
*input_section
,
3873 unsigned long offset
,
3876 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3879 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3881 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3882 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3883 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3884 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3885 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3886 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3887 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3889 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3892 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3895 /* xgettext:c-format */
3896 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3897 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3900 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3901 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3902 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3903 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3904 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3905 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3906 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3908 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3911 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3914 /* xgettext:c-format */
3915 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3916 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3919 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3921 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3922 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3923 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3925 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3926 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3927 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3932 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3933 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3935 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3936 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3940 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3944 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3945 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3946 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3947 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3948 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3949 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3950 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3951 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3952 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3956 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3957 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3959 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3960 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3962 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3965 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3967 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3969 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3971 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3972 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3973 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3974 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3975 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3976 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
)) != NULL
3977 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3980 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3981 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3983 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3984 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3985 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3986 r30 to be set up. */
3987 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3992 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
3994 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
3995 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
3996 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
3997 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
3998 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4000 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4001 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4003 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4005 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4008 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4012 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4015 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4017 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4018 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4020 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4023 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4025 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4027 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4028 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4030 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4031 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4032 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4035 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4036 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4037 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4042 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4043 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4044 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4047 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4050 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4054 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4055 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4056 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4057 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4058 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4061 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4063 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4064 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4068 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4072 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4073 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4075 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4076 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4077 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4080 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4082 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4084 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4085 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4087 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4088 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4089 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4090 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4098 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4100 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4101 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4102 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4103 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4107 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4108 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4112 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4113 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4115 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4117 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4118 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4119 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4120 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4121 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4122 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4124 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4126 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4134 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4135 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4137 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4139 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4140 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4143 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4144 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4146 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4147 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4148 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4149 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4150 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4152 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4158 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4159 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4162 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4164 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4167 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4169 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4173 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4174 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4175 between the call and its destination. */
4179 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4180 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4182 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4184 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4185 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4188 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4189 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4191 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4193 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4197 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4198 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4199 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4200 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4201 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4202 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4203 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4204 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4205 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4206 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4207 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4208 together except their symbol. */
4210 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4212 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4213 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4215 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4219 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4221 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4222 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4223 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4225 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4227 /* Read the relocations. */
4228 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4230 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4233 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4234 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4236 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4237 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4239 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4240 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4241 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4243 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4244 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4247 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4248 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4251 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4253 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4254 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4259 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4263 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4266 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4267 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4268 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4269 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4270 + sec
->output_offset
4271 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4272 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4273 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4276 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4280 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4281 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4283 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4286 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4293 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4294 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4297 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4299 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4301 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4302 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4303 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4304 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4305 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4307 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4309 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4310 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4311 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4313 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4314 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4316 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4317 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4318 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4319 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4320 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4321 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4323 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4325 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4326 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4328 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4329 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4330 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4334 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4335 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4336 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4338 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4340 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4342 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4344 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4347 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4352 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4354 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4355 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4356 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4358 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4359 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4362 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4365 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4369 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4370 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4371 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4373 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4374 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4375 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4377 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4379 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4380 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4382 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4383 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4384 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4385 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4392 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4396 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4397 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4401 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4404 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4407 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4411 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4412 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4413 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4414 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4415 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4416 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4417 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4418 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4420 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4421 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4423 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4424 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4426 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4427 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4429 /* Read the relocations. */
4430 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4432 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4435 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4436 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4438 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4439 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4440 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4441 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4442 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4443 bfd_boolean is_local
;
4444 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4446 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4447 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4449 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4451 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4452 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4453 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4454 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4455 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4463 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4464 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4465 without marker relocs, then check that each
4466 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4467 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4468 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4469 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4471 && sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
4473 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4474 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4475 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4477 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4478 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4479 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4480 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4485 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4488 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4489 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4490 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4493 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4494 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4495 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4496 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4497 that turns out to be the case. */
4506 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4507 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4508 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4511 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4512 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4518 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4522 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4523 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4524 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4525 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4530 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4538 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4539 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4542 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4544 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4545 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4546 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4548 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4550 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4551 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4552 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4553 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4554 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4557 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4560 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4561 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4562 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4565 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4566 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4572 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4583 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4584 || !sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
)
4587 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4588 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4589 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4592 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4593 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4594 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4595 the entire optimization. */
4596 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4597 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4598 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4599 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4606 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4607 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4611 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4612 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4613 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4615 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4616 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4618 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4619 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4620 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4621 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4622 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4623 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4626 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4627 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4628 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4629 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4630 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4631 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4632 Disable optimization in this case. */
4633 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4634 && !sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
4635 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4636 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4639 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
)
4641 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4644 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4645 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4646 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4647 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4648 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4650 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4651 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4653 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
4659 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4664 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4665 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4668 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4672 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4676 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
4679 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4681 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4683 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4685 asection
*s
= p
->sec
->output_section
;
4687 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4693 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4694 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4695 size_dynamic_sections. */
4698 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4700 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4703 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4705 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4706 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4711 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4714 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4716 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4718 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4719 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4724 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4725 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4726 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4727 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4731 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4732 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4734 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4738 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4739 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4742 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4743 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4744 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4746 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4750 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4752 /* Deal with function syms. */
4753 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4754 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4757 bfd_boolean local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4758 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4759 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4760 function symbol is local. */
4761 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4762 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4764 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4765 won't need a .plt entry. */
4766 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4767 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4768 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4771 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4773 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4774 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4775 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4777 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4779 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4780 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4781 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4783 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4785 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4786 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4787 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4789 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4793 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4794 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4795 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4796 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4797 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4798 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4799 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4800 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4802 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4804 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4805 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4806 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4807 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4808 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4810 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4811 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4812 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4813 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4814 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4816 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4817 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4818 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4819 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4821 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4822 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4826 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4828 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4829 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4830 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4831 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4833 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4834 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4835 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4836 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4837 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4838 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4839 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4840 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4844 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4845 is not a function. */
4847 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4848 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4849 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4850 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4851 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4853 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4857 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4858 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4859 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4861 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4865 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4866 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4867 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4868 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4869 if (h
->protected_def
)
4871 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4872 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4873 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4874 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4875 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4876 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4880 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4881 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4884 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4885 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4886 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4887 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4888 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4890 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4891 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4892 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4894 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4897 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4898 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4899 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4900 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4901 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4902 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4903 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4904 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4905 same memory location for the variable.
4907 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4908 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4909 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4911 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4912 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4914 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4915 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4917 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4921 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4922 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4923 and into the runtime process image. */
4924 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4925 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4926 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4927 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4929 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4930 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4931 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4935 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4936 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4937 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4940 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4941 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4942 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4943 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4944 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4947 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4948 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4949 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4951 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4952 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4955 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4957 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4958 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4960 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4962 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4963 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4966 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4967 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4970 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4972 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4973 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4974 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4975 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4978 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
4980 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4981 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
4982 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
4983 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
4984 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
4985 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4986 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
4988 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
4993 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
4994 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
4997 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
5000 unsigned int max_before_header
;
5002 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5004 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5005 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5009 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5010 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5012 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5013 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5017 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5018 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5020 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5021 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5023 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5024 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5030 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5031 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5033 static inline unsigned int
5034 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5037 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5042 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5044 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5046 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5052 /* Calculate size of relocs needed for symbol given its TLS_MASK and
5053 NEEDed GOT entries. KNOWN says a TPREL offset can be calculated at
5056 static inline unsigned int
5057 got_relocs_needed (int tls_mask
, unsigned int need
, bfd_boolean known
)
5059 /* All the entries we allocated need relocs.
5060 Except IE in executable with a local symbol. We could also omit
5061 the DTPREL reloc on the second word of a GD entry under the same
5062 condition as that for IE, but ld.so needs to differentiate
5063 LD and GD entries. */
5064 if (known
&& (tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5065 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5067 return need
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5070 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5073 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5074 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5076 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5078 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5079 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5080 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5081 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5084 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5085 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5089 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5092 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5094 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5095 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5096 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5097 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5100 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5103 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5104 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5105 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5106 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5107 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5108 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5109 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5110 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5111 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5115 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5116 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5120 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5122 if (!eh
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
5123 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5124 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5125 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5126 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5130 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5132 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5135 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5136 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5137 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5138 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5139 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5140 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5143 bfd_boolean tprel_known
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
5144 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
,
5147 need
= got_relocs_needed (eh
->tls_mask
, need
, tprel_known
);
5148 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
5149 && eh
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
5150 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5151 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5152 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5153 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5159 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5161 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5162 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5163 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5164 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5165 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5167 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5168 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5169 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5170 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5172 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5173 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5174 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5175 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5177 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5180 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5181 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5182 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5183 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5185 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5187 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5188 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5189 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5190 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5191 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5192 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5193 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5195 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5197 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5199 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5208 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5210 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5212 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5214 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5221 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5223 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5224 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5228 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5230 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5231 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5233 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5235 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5236 && !(h
->protected_def
5237 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5238 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5239 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5241 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5242 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5245 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5246 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5249 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5252 /* Allocate space. */
5253 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5255 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5256 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5257 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5258 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5261 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5262 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5265 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5266 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5267 dyn
= htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1;
5269 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5270 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5273 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5274 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5275 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5276 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5278 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5279 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5280 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5282 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5283 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5285 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5289 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5295 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5299 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5302 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5304 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5305 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5309 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5311 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5312 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5315 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5319 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5320 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5322 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5324 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5325 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5333 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5334 for the special first entry. */
5336 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5338 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5339 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5340 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5341 word available at the end. */
5342 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5343 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5345 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5346 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5348 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5349 file, and we are not generating a shared
5350 library, then set the symbol to this location
5351 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5352 relocations, and is required to make
5353 function pointers compare as equal between
5354 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5355 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5359 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5360 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5363 /* Make room for this entry. */
5364 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5365 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5367 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5368 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5369 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5370 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5371 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5373 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5376 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5381 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5383 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5384 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5386 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5388 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5389 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5394 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5396 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5398 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5399 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5400 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5403 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5405 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5406 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5407 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5410 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5411 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5412 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5415 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5417 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5424 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5428 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5434 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5441 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5442 read-only sections. */
5445 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *info_p
)
5449 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5452 sec
= readonly_dynrelocs (h
);
5455 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) info_p
;
5457 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5458 info
->callbacks
->minfo
5459 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5460 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
5462 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
5468 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5470 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5471 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5472 1, /* CIE version. */
5473 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5474 4, /* Code alignment. */
5475 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5477 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5478 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5479 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5482 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5485 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5486 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5488 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5494 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5497 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5498 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5500 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5502 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5503 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5505 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5506 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5507 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5508 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5512 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5513 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5514 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5515 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5517 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5519 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5521 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5522 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5523 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5524 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5526 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5527 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5529 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5532 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5534 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5536 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5537 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5541 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5542 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5544 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5545 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5546 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5549 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
5550 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5553 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5554 handled specially by the loader. */
5556 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5558 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5560 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5561 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5562 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5563 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5564 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5566 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5567 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5568 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5574 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5578 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5579 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5580 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5581 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5582 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5583 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5585 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5589 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5590 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5591 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5593 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5596 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5597 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5600 bfd_boolean tprel_known
= bfd_link_executable (info
);
5602 need
= got_relocs_needed (*lgot_masks
, need
, tprel_known
);
5603 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5604 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5605 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5611 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5613 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5616 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5617 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5618 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5620 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5621 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5622 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5624 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5625 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5627 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5629 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5630 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5632 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5640 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5643 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5645 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5648 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5649 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5651 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5655 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5657 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5658 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5660 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5662 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5663 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5669 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5673 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5674 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5676 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5678 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5679 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5680 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5683 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5685 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5687 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5689 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5690 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5691 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5692 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5693 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5695 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5696 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5698 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5701 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5703 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5705 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5707 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5708 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5710 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5712 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5714 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5715 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5716 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5717 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5718 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5721 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5722 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5723 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5725 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5726 /* Space for the branch table. */
5728 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5729 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5730 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5732 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5734 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5736 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5737 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5738 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5741 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5743 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5744 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5745 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5746 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5747 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5748 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5749 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5751 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5753 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5754 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5757 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5759 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5760 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5761 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5762 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5763 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5764 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5765 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5767 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5772 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5773 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5774 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5775 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5776 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5778 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5779 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5780 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5783 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5788 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5789 Allocate memory for them. */
5791 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5793 bfd_boolean strip_section
= TRUE
;
5795 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5798 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5799 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5801 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5802 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5803 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5804 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5805 strip_section
= FALSE
;
5806 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5809 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5810 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5812 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5813 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5815 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5816 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5817 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5819 /* Strip these too. */
5821 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5822 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5824 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5826 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5830 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5833 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5834 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5840 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5844 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5846 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5847 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5848 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5849 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5850 before the linker maps input sections to output
5851 sections. The linker does that before
5852 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5853 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5854 into these sections. */
5855 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5859 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5862 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5863 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5864 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5868 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5870 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5871 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5872 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5873 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5874 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5875 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5876 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5878 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
5880 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
5884 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
5886 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
5887 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
5888 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
5889 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
5893 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5894 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5895 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5897 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5899 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5900 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5901 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5902 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5908 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
5909 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
5910 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)))
5914 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5915 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5916 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
5917 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), maybe_set_textrel
,
5920 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
5922 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
5925 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5926 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
5929 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5931 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5932 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5934 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5937 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5938 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5939 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5940 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5942 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5943 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5946 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5947 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5949 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5952 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5957 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5958 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5960 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5962 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5965 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5968 else if (adv
< 65536)
5970 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5971 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5976 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5977 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5980 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5983 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5984 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5987 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5988 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5994 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5995 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5998 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
6000 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
6002 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
6006 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
6007 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
6009 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
6010 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
6012 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
6013 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
6014 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
6015 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
6022 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6024 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6028 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
6029 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
6034 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6037 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6039 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
6041 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6042 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
6045 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
6048 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6050 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6051 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6052 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6054 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6055 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6056 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6057 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6058 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6059 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6060 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6061 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6064 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6066 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6067 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6068 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6069 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6072 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6074 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6075 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6078 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6079 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6080 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6081 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6084 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6086 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6089 struct one_branch_fixup
6091 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6093 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6094 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6099 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6100 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6101 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6102 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6103 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6104 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6105 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6106 unsigned changes
= 0;
6107 bfd_boolean workaround_change
;
6108 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6109 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6111 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted
;
6115 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6116 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6117 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6118 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6122 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6123 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6125 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6128 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6132 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6133 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6134 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6135 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6137 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6138 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6139 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6141 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6142 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6144 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6146 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6147 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6148 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6151 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6152 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6155 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6156 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6157 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6158 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6159 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6162 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6164 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6165 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6167 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6168 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6170 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6171 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6172 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6176 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6178 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6179 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6181 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6184 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6185 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6186 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6189 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6190 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6191 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6192 unsigned char sym_type
;
6197 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6198 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6200 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6204 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6205 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6206 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6209 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6210 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6218 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6219 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6220 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6227 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6228 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6232 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6233 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6238 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6239 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6240 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6244 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6245 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6246 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6251 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6252 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6253 branch stub in that case. */
6254 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6255 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6256 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6258 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6259 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6260 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6262 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6263 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6264 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6265 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6266 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6268 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6270 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6272 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6273 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6274 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6275 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6276 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6281 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6282 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6284 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6285 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6286 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6289 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6292 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6294 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6295 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6296 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6297 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6299 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6300 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6301 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6302 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6309 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6314 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6315 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6316 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6320 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6321 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6322 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6323 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6327 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6328 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6329 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6330 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6332 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6333 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6335 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6336 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6337 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6338 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6343 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6345 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6346 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6347 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6350 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6352 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6353 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6356 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6360 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6361 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6366 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6367 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6372 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6373 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6374 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6375 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6376 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6377 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6378 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6379 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6380 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6383 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6384 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6385 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6386 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6387 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6388 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6390 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6391 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6392 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6393 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6394 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6396 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6397 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6398 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6399 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6400 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6401 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6402 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6403 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6404 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6405 location of interest is just "sym". */
6406 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6407 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6408 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6411 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6412 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6415 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6416 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6417 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6419 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6420 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6421 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6423 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6424 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6425 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6426 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6427 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6428 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6431 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6433 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6434 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6435 fixup can be created at final link.
6436 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6437 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6438 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6439 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6440 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6443 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6444 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6445 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6446 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6447 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6448 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6450 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6452 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6453 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6454 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6455 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6459 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6460 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6461 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6467 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6469 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6470 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6471 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6472 one. We'll report an error later. */
6475 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6477 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6482 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6485 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6486 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6487 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6489 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6490 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6491 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6494 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6495 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6496 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6498 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6499 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6500 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6503 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6504 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6505 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6508 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6516 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6517 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6520 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6521 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6524 /* Get the section contents. */
6525 if (contents
== NULL
)
6527 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6528 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6529 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6530 /* Go get them off disk. */
6531 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6535 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6536 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6540 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6541 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6542 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6544 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6545 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6549 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6550 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6551 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6554 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6559 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6561 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6562 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6567 workaround_change
= FALSE
;
6569 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6570 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6571 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6573 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6574 unsigned int crossings
;
6575 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6577 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6578 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6580 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6583 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6584 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6585 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6586 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6587 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6588 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6590 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6591 workaround_change
= TRUE
;
6593 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6594 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6596 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6599 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6601 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6602 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6603 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6604 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6607 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6608 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6611 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6613 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6617 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6618 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6622 if (contents
!= NULL
6623 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6625 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6629 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6630 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6634 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6637 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6638 information for the trampolines. */
6639 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6640 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6641 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6646 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6647 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6648 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6650 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6652 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6654 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6655 free (internal_relocs
);
6656 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6657 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6658 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6659 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6661 else if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6662 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6663 free (internal_relocs
);
6665 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6669 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6671 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6672 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6675 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
&& (unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6677 if (contents
!= NULL
6678 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6680 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6681 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6682 free (internal_relocs
);
6686 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6687 discarded sections. */
6690 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6692 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6695 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6698 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6701 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6704 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6705 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6706 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6708 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6710 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6712 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6716 /* Handle global symbol. */
6717 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6719 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6720 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6721 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6725 /* Handle local symbol. */
6726 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6728 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6729 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6730 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6733 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6736 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6738 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6739 as a "written" flag. */
6740 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6742 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6743 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6744 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6745 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6748 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6749 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6750 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6751 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6755 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6756 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6762 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6763 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6764 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6767 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6768 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6769 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6771 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6772 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6774 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6777 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6778 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6780 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6782 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6784 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6786 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6788 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6790 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6792 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6794 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6798 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6799 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6800 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6802 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6806 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6808 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6809 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6810 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6811 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6815 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6816 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6819 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6821 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6826 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6828 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6831 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6833 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6837 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6842 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6845 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6847 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6848 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6849 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6850 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6853 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6854 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6855 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6858 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6862 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6865 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6866 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6867 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6868 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6872 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6875 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6876 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6877 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6878 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6879 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6880 insn
= (32 | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6881 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6882 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6883 insn
= ((58 | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6884 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6886 insn
= (58 << 26) | 2;
6893 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6894 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6895 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6898 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6900 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6901 && ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6902 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6903 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6904 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6905 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6906 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6907 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6908 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6909 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6910 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6911 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6912 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6913 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6914 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6915 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6916 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6918 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6919 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6921 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6923 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6924 && ((insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6925 || (insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6926 || (insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6928 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6929 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6930 if ((insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 26 << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6931 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6939 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6941 return ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6942 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6943 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6944 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6948 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6950 return ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6951 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6952 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6955 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6956 to handle the relocations for a section.
6958 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6959 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6962 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6963 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6964 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6967 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6968 address or the reloc symbol index.
6970 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6972 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6973 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6975 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6976 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6978 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6979 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6980 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6981 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6985 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6986 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6988 asection
*input_section
,
6990 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6991 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6992 asection
**local_sections
)
6994 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6995 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6996 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6997 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6998 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6999 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
7000 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
7002 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
7003 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
7004 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
7005 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls
;
7006 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
7007 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
7010 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
7011 "%ld relocations%s",
7012 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7013 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
7014 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7017 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
7019 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
7023 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
7025 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7026 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
7027 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7029 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
7030 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
7031 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
7032 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
7033 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7034 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7035 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
7036 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
7038 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
7039 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
7040 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
7041 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
7042 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
7044 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
7046 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7047 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7049 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7050 const char *sym_name
;
7051 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7052 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7054 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7055 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7057 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7058 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7059 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7062 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7066 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7068 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7070 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7072 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7073 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7074 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7076 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7080 bfd_boolean ignored
;
7082 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7083 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7085 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7087 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7090 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7092 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7093 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7094 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7096 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7097 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7099 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7100 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7101 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7105 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7106 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7107 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7108 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7109 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7110 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7116 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7119 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7120 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7122 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7123 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7124 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7126 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7127 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7128 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7132 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7133 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7134 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7135 for the final instruction stream. */
7139 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7140 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7142 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7145 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7146 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7147 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7150 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7151 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7152 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7153 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7154 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7155 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7156 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7157 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7158 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7165 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7166 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7167 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7168 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7172 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7173 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7175 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7176 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7177 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7178 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7179 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7184 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7185 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7189 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7190 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7193 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7194 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7195 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7197 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7198 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7199 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7203 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7204 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7206 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7210 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7211 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7212 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7215 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7216 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7217 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7220 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7221 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7222 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7224 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7228 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7229 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7231 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7235 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7236 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7237 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7239 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7243 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7244 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7245 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7246 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7247 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7248 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7249 if (input_section
->has_tls_get_addr_call
7251 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7252 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7253 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7254 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7255 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7256 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7257 intervening code. */
7258 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7259 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7260 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7263 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7264 insn1
|= 32 << 26; /* lwz */
7265 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7267 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7268 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7269 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7271 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7272 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7273 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7278 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7279 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7282 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7284 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7286 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7288 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7289 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7290 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7291 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7292 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7293 + sec
->output_offset
7294 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7296 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7297 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7298 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7300 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7301 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7302 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7303 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7304 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7307 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7308 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7311 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7312 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7319 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7320 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7323 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7325 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7327 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7328 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7332 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7335 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7336 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7341 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7342 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7343 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7345 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7346 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7347 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7348 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7349 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7354 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7355 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7359 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7361 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7362 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7367 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7369 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7371 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7372 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7373 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7374 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7375 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7376 + sec
->output_offset
7377 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7379 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7380 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7381 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7382 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7383 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7384 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7385 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7386 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7392 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7399 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7400 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7401 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7402 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7405 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7406 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7407 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7411 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7412 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7415 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7416 + input_section
->output_offset
7417 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7419 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7420 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7421 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7423 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7427 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7431 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7432 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7433 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26
7434 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7436 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7438 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7439 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7440 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7441 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7444 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7445 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7446 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7447 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7448 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7453 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7457 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7458 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7459 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7461 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7462 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7465 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7467 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7468 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7469 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7470 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7476 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7477 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7478 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7480 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7481 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7482 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7483 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7484 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7486 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7487 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7488 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7489 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7490 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7491 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7492 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7493 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7495 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7496 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7498 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7500 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7501 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7502 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7503 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7505 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7506 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7508 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7509 output is reasonable. */
7510 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7512 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7513 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7514 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7516 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7518 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7522 /* xgettext:c-format */
7523 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7524 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7525 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7526 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7528 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7530 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7531 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7532 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7533 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7534 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7535 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7536 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7537 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7538 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7539 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7540 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7541 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7542 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7543 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7544 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7545 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7546 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7548 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7549 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7551 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7553 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7554 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7558 /* xgettext:c-format */
7559 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7560 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7561 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7562 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7567 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7569 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7573 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7574 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7576 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7577 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7579 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7581 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7582 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7583 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7588 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7589 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7590 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7591 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7592 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7595 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7596 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7597 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7598 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7599 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7600 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7601 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7605 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7607 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7608 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7610 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7612 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7613 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7614 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7615 apparently are using code compiled with
7616 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7617 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7618 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7619 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7621 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7622 /* xgettext:c-format */
7623 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7624 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7627 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7628 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7629 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7631 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7632 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7633 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7634 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7636 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7637 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7642 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7643 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7645 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7646 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7653 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7654 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7656 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7657 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7658 if ((insn
& ((0x3f << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7659 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7660 /* xgettext:c-format */
7661 info
->callbacks
->minfo
7662 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7663 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
, insn
);
7665 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
7669 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7670 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7672 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7673 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7674 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7676 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7685 /* xgettext:c-format */
7686 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7687 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7689 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7697 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7698 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7699 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7702 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7703 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7704 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7705 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7706 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7707 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7708 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7709 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7710 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7713 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7714 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7715 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7716 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7717 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7720 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7721 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7722 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7723 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7724 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7727 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7728 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7729 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7730 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7731 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7735 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7736 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7737 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7741 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7747 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7751 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7753 || !h
->def_dynamic
))
7754 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7757 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7759 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7760 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7761 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7762 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7763 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7764 because of a version file. */
7769 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7771 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7775 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7777 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7780 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7781 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7782 processed this entry. */
7788 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7789 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7790 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7793 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7799 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7800 Initialize them all. */
7805 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7807 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7810 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7812 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7815 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7817 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7818 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7820 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7822 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7826 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7828 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7830 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)
7831 || offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7832 && !(tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
)
7833 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7834 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7836 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7841 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7843 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7844 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7845 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7847 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7848 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7850 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7851 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7853 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7854 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7856 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7857 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7858 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7859 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7861 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7863 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7866 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7867 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7868 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7869 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7871 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7872 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7873 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7875 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7876 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7878 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7879 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7881 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7882 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7884 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7887 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7888 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7889 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7890 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7893 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7894 emitting a reloc. */
7897 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7901 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7905 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7908 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7909 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7910 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7913 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7915 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7916 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7920 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7921 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7925 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7934 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7937 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7939 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7941 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7943 || !h
->def_dynamic
))
7945 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7947 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7949 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7951 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7958 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7959 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7962 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7963 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7965 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7967 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7968 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7969 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7970 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7972 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7973 /* xgettext:c-format */
7974 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7975 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7981 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7982 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7983 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7984 at a symbol not in this object. */
7985 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7987 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7988 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7995 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7997 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7998 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7999 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
8000 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
8001 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
8002 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
8003 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
8004 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
8005 /* xgettext:c-format */
8006 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
8007 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8008 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8012 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8013 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8014 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
8015 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8016 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8017 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8020 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8023 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8024 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
8025 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8027 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8028 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
8030 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8031 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8032 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8033 defined before using them. */
8034 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
8035 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8036 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
8038 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8041 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8042 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8043 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8044 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8045 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8049 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8050 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8053 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
8054 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8055 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8058 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
8064 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
8065 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
8066 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8067 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8071 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8077 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8078 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8079 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8084 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8085 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8086 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8089 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8090 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8091 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8092 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8093 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8094 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8100 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8101 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8102 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8107 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8111 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8113 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8114 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8115 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8117 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8125 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8126 "create relocation for %s\n",
8127 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8128 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8131 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8132 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8135 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8138 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8139 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8140 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8141 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8142 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8144 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8145 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8146 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8147 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8148 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8149 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8150 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8153 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8154 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8157 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8158 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8159 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8160 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8164 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8166 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8170 /* If we get here when building a static
8171 executable, then the libc startup function
8172 responsible for applying indirect function
8173 relocations is going to complain about
8175 If we get here when building a dynamic
8176 executable, it will be because we have
8177 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8178 will set the text segment writable and
8179 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8180 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8181 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8182 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8183 /* xgettext:c-format */
8184 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8185 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8186 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8191 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8193 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8195 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8202 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8203 against a section symbol. It would be
8204 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8205 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8206 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8207 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8208 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8209 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8211 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8216 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8219 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8220 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8222 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8225 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8226 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8228 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8229 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8232 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8234 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8235 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8237 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8240 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8243 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8245 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8246 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8247 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8252 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8253 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8254 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8259 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8260 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8263 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8270 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8271 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8274 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8275 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8277 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8279 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8280 got2_addend
= addend
;
8283 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8284 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8285 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8286 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8287 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8289 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8290 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8299 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8302 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8304 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8305 + input_section
->output_offset
8306 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8307 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8308 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8309 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8310 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8312 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8317 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8320 relocation
+= addend
;
8321 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8324 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8326 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8327 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8331 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8332 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8340 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8344 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8345 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8346 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8347 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8348 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8349 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8350 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8351 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8353 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8354 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8358 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8359 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8360 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8361 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8363 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8367 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8368 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8372 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8373 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8374 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8375 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8377 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8381 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8382 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8386 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8387 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8388 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8389 AIX .toc section. */
8390 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8391 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8393 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8396 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8397 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8399 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8402 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8403 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8405 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8407 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8408 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8410 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8412 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8413 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8414 using -Bsymbolic. */
8418 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8419 procedure linkage table. */
8420 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8421 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8422 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8423 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8424 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8426 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8427 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8432 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8433 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8434 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8440 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8441 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8442 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8445 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8446 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8448 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8450 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8451 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8452 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8453 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8455 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8456 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8458 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8460 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8461 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8462 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8466 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8467 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8468 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8470 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
8473 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8475 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8477 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8478 + plt
->output_offset
8480 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8484 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8486 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8487 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8489 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8497 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8498 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8501 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8504 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8505 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8507 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8510 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8512 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8513 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8514 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8517 /* xgettext:c-format */
8518 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8519 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8528 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8529 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8532 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8535 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8536 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8538 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8541 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8543 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8544 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8545 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8548 /* xgettext:c-format */
8549 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8550 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8559 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8560 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8561 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8562 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8563 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8566 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8567 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8568 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8569 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8570 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8573 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8574 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8575 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8576 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8577 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8580 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8581 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8582 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8583 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8584 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8587 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8588 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8589 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8590 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8591 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8594 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8595 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8596 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8597 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8598 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8601 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8602 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8603 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8604 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8605 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8610 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8612 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8614 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8618 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8619 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8620 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8623 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8625 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8626 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8629 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8631 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8632 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8639 /* xgettext:c-format */
8640 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8641 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8647 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8654 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8656 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8659 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8662 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8665 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8666 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8667 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8668 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8669 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8670 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8671 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8672 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8673 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8675 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8677 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8678 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8680 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8683 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8687 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8688 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8689 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8690 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8691 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8692 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8693 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8695 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8697 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8698 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8702 /* Fill in register field. */
8703 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8704 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8708 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8709 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8710 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8711 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8712 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8713 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8717 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8719 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8721 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8725 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8726 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8727 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8728 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8729 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8730 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8731 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8735 /* xgettext:c-format */
8736 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8737 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8743 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8748 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8750 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8753 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8755 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8756 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8757 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8759 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8760 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8761 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8762 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8764 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8765 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8767 value
= value
>> 16;
8768 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8769 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8771 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8773 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8775 value
= value
>> 16;
8776 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8777 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8779 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8781 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8783 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8784 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8785 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8787 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8789 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8791 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8792 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8793 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8795 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8800 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8801 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8804 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8806 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8807 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8808 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8809 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8811 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8814 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8817 /* Negative relocations. */
8818 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8819 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8820 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8821 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8822 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8823 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8827 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8828 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8829 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8830 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8832 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8834 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8835 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8836 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8837 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8838 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8839 /* xgettext:c-format */
8840 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8841 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8843 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8854 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8856 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8857 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8859 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8860 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8861 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8862 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8864 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8865 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8866 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8867 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8872 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8873 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8874 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8876 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8877 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8878 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8879 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8880 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8882 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8883 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8884 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8885 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8890 /* Do any further special processing. */
8896 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8897 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8898 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8899 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8900 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8901 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8902 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8903 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8904 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8905 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8906 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8907 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8912 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8913 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8914 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8915 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8916 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8917 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8918 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8919 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8924 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8926 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8927 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8929 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8930 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8931 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8933 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8934 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8935 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8936 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8937 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8938 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8939 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8940 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8941 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8943 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8944 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8945 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8946 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8948 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8949 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8951 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8953 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8957 relocation
+= addend
;
8958 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8959 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8962 relocation
^= lobit
;
8963 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8964 /* xgettext:c-format */
8965 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8966 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8967 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8968 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8976 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8977 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8982 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8986 if (unresolved_reloc
8987 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8989 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8990 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8992 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8993 /* xgettext:c-format */
8994 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8995 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9001 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
9002 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
9003 have different reloc types. */
9004 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
9005 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
9006 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
9008 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
9010 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
9014 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
9015 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9016 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
9017 else if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9018 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9019 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9020 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
9022 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
9025 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
9030 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
9032 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9033 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
9034 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
9039 relocation
+= addend
;
9040 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
9041 + input_section
->output_offset
9042 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
9044 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9046 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
9047 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9052 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
9053 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
9055 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9057 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9060 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9061 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9064 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9065 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9066 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9067 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9068 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9069 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9073 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9074 /* xgettext:c-format */
9075 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9076 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9077 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9088 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9089 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9091 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9092 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9093 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9095 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9097 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9098 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9103 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9104 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9105 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9109 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9112 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9113 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9114 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9115 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9117 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9118 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9119 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9122 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9123 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9124 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9125 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9126 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9128 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9129 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9131 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9137 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9138 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9139 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9142 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9147 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9148 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9149 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9150 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9151 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9153 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9154 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9155 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9156 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9157 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9161 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9162 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9163 bfd_boolean is_data
;
9164 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9167 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9175 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9176 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9178 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9182 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9199 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9200 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9201 avoid the icache failure.
9203 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9204 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9205 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9206 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9207 unconditional branches:
9208 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9209 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9210 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9211 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9212 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9213 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9214 instruction is not executed.
9219 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9226 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9227 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9228 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9229 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9230 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9231 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9234 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9235 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9238 . nop b somewhere_else
9239 . b somewhere_else nop
9240 . new_page: new_page:
9242 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9243 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9244 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9245 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9246 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9247 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9248 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9251 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9252 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9253 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9254 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9255 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9258 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9259 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9263 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9264 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9265 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9266 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9268 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9270 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9271 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9274 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9276 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9277 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9280 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9281 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9282 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9283 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9289 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9290 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9291 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9292 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9295 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9298 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9299 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9300 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9301 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9304 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9305 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9307 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9309 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9313 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9315 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9316 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9319 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9320 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9330 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9331 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9333 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9335 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9336 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9338 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9340 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9342 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9343 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9344 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9345 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9346 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9348 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9350 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9351 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9352 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9353 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9354 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9356 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9358 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9359 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9360 contents
+ patch_off
);
9362 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9363 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9364 contents
+ patch_off
);
9371 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9373 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9374 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9376 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9377 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9378 contents
+ patch_off
);
9380 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9381 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9382 contents
+ patch_off
);
9384 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9385 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9386 contents
+ patch_off
);
9392 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9394 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9395 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9396 contents
+ patch_off
);
9399 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9400 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9407 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9410 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9412 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9413 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9414 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9415 bfd_boolean doneone
;
9418 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9419 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9423 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9425 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9426 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9427 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9429 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9430 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9431 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9432 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9435 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9436 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9437 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9438 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9439 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9442 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9444 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
9445 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9446 && h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9449 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9451 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9452 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9454 /* Use the right PLT. */
9455 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9456 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9458 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9459 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9461 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9462 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9463 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9464 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9465 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9466 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9470 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9472 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9473 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9474 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9475 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9476 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9477 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9480 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9481 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9482 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9483 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9485 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9486 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9487 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9488 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9489 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9490 prescaled offset. */
9491 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9492 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9493 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9494 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9495 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9496 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9497 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9498 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9500 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9502 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9503 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9504 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9505 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9506 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9507 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9509 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9510 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9511 in this PLT entry. */
9512 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9513 + plt
->output_offset
9514 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9515 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9517 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9519 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9520 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9521 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9522 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9523 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9525 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9526 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9527 + plt
->output_offset
9528 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9529 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9531 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9532 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9533 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9535 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9536 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9537 + plt
->output_offset
9538 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9539 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9541 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9542 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9543 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9545 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9546 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9547 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9548 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9550 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9552 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9553 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9556 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9557 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9558 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9559 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9560 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9561 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9562 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9569 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9570 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9572 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9574 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9575 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9579 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9580 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9583 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9584 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9585 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9590 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9591 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9595 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9596 + plt
->output_offset
9599 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
9600 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9601 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9603 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9604 linker will fill it in. */
9608 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9609 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9610 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9611 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9612 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9619 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9620 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9621 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9623 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9624 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9626 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9627 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9628 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9629 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9633 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9634 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9635 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9636 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9637 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9639 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9644 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9645 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9646 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9649 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9651 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9652 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9654 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9655 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9660 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9661 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9663 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9664 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9673 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9676 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9678 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9684 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9686 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9688 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9689 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9690 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9691 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9692 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9693 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9695 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9698 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9702 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9703 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9704 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9705 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9706 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9707 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9708 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9710 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9712 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9714 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9717 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9720 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9721 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9723 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9724 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9729 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9730 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9731 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9733 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9735 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9736 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9737 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9738 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9742 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9743 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9745 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9746 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9750 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9751 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9756 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9757 + plt
->output_offset
9758 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9759 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9760 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9761 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9762 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9764 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9765 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9769 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9770 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9772 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9775 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9781 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9782 dynamic sections here. */
9785 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9786 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9787 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9788 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9790 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9791 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9794 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9795 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9799 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9800 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9801 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9803 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9805 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9806 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9807 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9808 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9809 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9810 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9812 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9813 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9815 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9817 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9818 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9819 function pointer. */
9825 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9826 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9827 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9828 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9829 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9830 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9833 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9834 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9835 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9836 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9837 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9845 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9848 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9851 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9854 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9856 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9858 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9859 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9861 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9862 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9864 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9865 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9867 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9868 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9872 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9878 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9879 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9880 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9881 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9883 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9885 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9886 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9888 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9890 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9891 return reloc_class_relative
;
9892 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9893 return reloc_class_plt
;
9895 return reloc_class_copy
;
9897 return reloc_class_normal
;
9901 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9904 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9905 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9908 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9911 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
9914 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9917 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9918 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9919 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9922 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9923 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9925 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9927 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9929 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9931 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9932 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9933 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9935 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9938 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9943 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9944 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9947 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9951 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9955 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9956 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9960 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9964 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9965 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9966 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9967 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9968 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9969 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9970 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9971 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9975 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9976 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9981 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9985 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9986 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9988 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9989 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9991 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9993 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9994 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9996 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9997 so that a function can easily find the address of
9998 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9999 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
10000 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
10001 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
10006 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
10007 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
10008 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
10009 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
10014 /* xgettext:c-format */
10015 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10016 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
10017 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
10018 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
10019 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10023 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
10026 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10027 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10028 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
10029 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
10030 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10032 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10033 /* Use the right PLT. */
10034 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10035 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10036 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
10038 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
10040 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
10042 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
10043 splt
->contents
+ 0);
10044 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
10045 splt
->contents
+ 4);
10049 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
10050 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
10052 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
10053 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
10054 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
10055 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
10056 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
10057 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
10059 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
10061 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10064 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10066 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10067 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10068 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10070 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10072 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10073 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10075 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10076 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10077 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10079 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10081 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10082 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10084 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10085 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10086 in which symbols were output. */
10087 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10089 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10091 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10092 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10093 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10094 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10096 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10097 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10098 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10099 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10101 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10102 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10103 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10104 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10109 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10110 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10111 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10114 unsigned char *endp
;
10118 * PIC glink code is the following:
10120 * # ith PLT code stub.
10121 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10122 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10126 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10127 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10128 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10129 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10130 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10132 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10138 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10141 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10144 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10145 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10146 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10147 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10150 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10153 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10155 * # ith PLT code stub.
10156 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10157 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10161 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10164 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10165 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10166 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10167 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10170 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10171 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10175 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10176 and perhaps some padding. */
10177 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10178 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10179 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10180 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10181 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10183 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10188 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10192 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10193 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10194 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10196 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10198 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10199 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10200 glink branch table. */
10201 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10203 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10204 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10206 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10207 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10208 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10210 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10214 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10215 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10218 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10219 one other call stub before this one. */
10220 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10229 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10230 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10231 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10235 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10236 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10237 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10241 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10243 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10245 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10247 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10249 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10251 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10253 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10255 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10257 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10259 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10264 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10266 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10269 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10279 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10280 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10282 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10284 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10286 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10288 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10290 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10291 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10293 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10296 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10302 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10303 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10306 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10309 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10310 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10312 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10315 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10320 /* Offset to .glink. */
10321 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10322 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10323 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10324 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10325 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10326 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10328 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10329 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10330 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10331 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10338 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10339 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10340 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10341 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10342 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10343 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10344 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10345 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10346 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10347 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10348 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10350 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10351 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10355 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10358 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10359 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10360 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10361 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10362 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10363 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10365 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10366 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10367 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10368 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10369 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10370 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10371 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10372 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10374 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10375 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10376 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10377 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10378 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10379 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10380 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10381 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10382 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10383 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10384 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10385 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10386 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10387 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10388 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10389 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10390 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10391 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10392 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10393 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10394 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10395 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10396 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10397 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10398 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10399 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10400 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10401 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10402 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10404 #include "elf32-target.h"
10406 /* FreeBSD Target */
10408 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10409 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10411 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10412 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10413 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10414 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10417 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10420 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10422 #include "elf32-target.h"
10424 /* VxWorks Target */
10426 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10427 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10429 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10430 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10431 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10432 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10436 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10437 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10438 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10440 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10443 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10444 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10446 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10449 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10450 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10451 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10452 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10454 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10456 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10459 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10460 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10461 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10462 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10463 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10464 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10465 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10470 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10472 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10473 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10474 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10475 const char **namep
,
10480 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10484 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10488 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10490 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10491 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10494 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10496 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10497 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10498 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10499 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10500 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10501 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10502 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10503 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10504 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10505 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10506 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10507 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10508 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10509 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10511 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10513 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10514 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10515 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10516 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10517 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10518 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10519 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10520 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10521 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10522 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10523 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10524 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10525 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10526 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10527 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10528 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10529 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10530 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10533 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10534 #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
10536 #include "elf32-target.h"